blob: 78f7ce586287102ee1d0287de0e932abdaae6471 [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100233 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +1300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200318 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100319 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700320 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100321 */
322enum ieee80211_bss_change {
323 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300326 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200334 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300335 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300340 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200341 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100342 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100344 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200346 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300347 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700348 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700349 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200350 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200351 BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28,
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100352 BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200353
354 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100355};
356
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300357/*
358 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
359 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
360 * filtering will be disabled.
361 */
362#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
363
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100364/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200365 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
366 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200367 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300368 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300369 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
370 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
371 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700372 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200373enum ieee80211_event_type {
374 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200375 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300376 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300377 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200378};
379
380/**
381 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
382 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
383 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
384 */
385enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700386 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
387 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
388};
389
390/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200391 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200392 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
393 */
394struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
395 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
396};
397
398/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200399 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
400 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200401 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200402 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
403 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200404 */
405enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
406 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200407 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200408 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
409 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200410};
411
412/**
413 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
414 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
415 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
416 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
417 */
418enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
419 MLME_SUCCESS,
420 MLME_DENIED,
421 MLME_TIMEOUT,
422};
423
424/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200425 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200426 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
427 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
428 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
429 */
430struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
431 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
432 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
433 u16 reason;
434};
435
436/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300437 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
438 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
439 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300440 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300441 */
442struct ieee80211_ba_event {
443 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
444 u16 tid;
445 u16 ssn;
446};
447
448/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200449 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200450 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200451 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200452 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300453 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300454 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200455 */
456struct ieee80211_event {
457 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
458 union {
459 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200460 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300461 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200462 } u;
463};
464
465/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200466 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
467 *
468 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
469 *
470 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
471 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
472 */
473struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
474 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
475 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
476};
477
478/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800479 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700480 *
481 * @lci: LCI subelement content
482 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
483 * @lci_len: LCI data length
484 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
485 */
486struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
487 const u8 *lci;
488 const u8 *civicloc;
489 size_t lci_len;
490 size_t civicloc_len;
491};
492
493/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100494 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
495 *
496 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
497 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
498 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300499 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
500 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
501 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
502 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
503 * ACK, BACK or both
504 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
505 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
506 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200507 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
508 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200509 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
510 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200511 * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100512 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200513 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
514 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530515 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100516 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
517 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200518 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
519 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100520 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200521 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300522 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200523 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100524 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
525 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
526 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
527 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200528 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200529 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
530 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200531 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100532 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
533 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200534 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
535 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
536 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700537 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800538 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200539 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
540 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
541 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300542 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100543 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200544 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
545 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100546 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
547 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200548 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100549 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300550 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
551 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
552 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200553 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200554 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
555 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
556 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100557 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
558 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
559 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
560 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200561 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300562 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
563 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
564 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
565 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100566 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
567 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
568 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200569 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200570 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
571 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
572 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300573 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
574 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200575 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300576 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
577 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Ben Greeardb6d9e92019-12-17 10:30:57 -0800578 * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured.
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100579 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
580 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
581 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
582 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
583 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
584 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100585 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200586 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
587 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
588 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300589 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
590 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
591 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
592 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
593 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
594 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
595 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700596 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
597 * responder functionality.
598 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200599 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
600 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
601 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
602 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
603 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
604 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
605 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
606 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Rajkumar Manoharan60689de2020-04-24 15:41:39 -0700607 * @he_oper: HE operation information of the AP we are connected to
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200608 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100609 * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100610 */
611struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200612 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300613 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
614 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
615 bool uora_exists;
616 bool ack_enabled;
617 u8 uora_ocw_range;
618 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
619 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200620 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200621 bool twt_responder;
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200622 bool twt_protected;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100623 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200624 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530625 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100626 u16 aid;
627 /* erp related data */
628 bool use_cts_prot;
629 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300630 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200631 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800632 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700633 u16 beacon_int;
634 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200635 u64 sync_tsf;
636 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100637 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100638 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300639 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200640 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200641 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200642 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
643 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100644 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
645 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100646 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200647 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300648 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100649 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200650 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200651 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300652 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300653 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
654 size_t ssid_len;
655 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200656 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100657 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100658 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200659 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300660 u16 max_idle_period;
661 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700662 bool ftm_responder;
663 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200664 /* Multiple BSSID data */
665 bool nontransmitted;
666 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
667 u8 bssid_index;
668 u8 bssid_indicator;
669 bool ema_ap;
670 u8 profile_periodicity;
Rajkumar Manoharan60689de2020-04-24 15:41:39 -0700671 struct {
672 u32 params;
673 u16 nss_set;
674 } he_oper;
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200675 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100676 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100677};
678
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800679/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200680 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800681 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700682 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800683 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
686 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
687 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
688 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
689 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
690 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
691 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
692 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
693 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
694 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
695 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200696 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200697 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
698 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200699 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200700 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
701 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200703 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200704 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
705 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
706 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
707 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
708 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
709 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
710 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
711 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200712 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
713 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
714 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300715 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
716 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200717 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
718 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
719 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600720 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
721 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
722 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100723 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
724 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
725 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200726 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
727 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200728 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
729 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100730 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
731 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
732 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200733 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
734 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
735 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
736 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100737 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
738 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
739 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100740 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
741 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
742 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200743 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
744 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
745 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400746 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200747 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
748 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
750 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
751 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
752 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200753 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
754 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
755 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530756 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
757 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
758 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200759 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
760 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
761 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200762 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
763 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530764 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
765 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
766 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200767 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
768 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
769 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530770 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
771 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
772 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
773 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
774 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200775 *
776 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
777 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800778 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200779enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200780 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200781 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
782 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
786 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
787 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
788 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
789 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
790 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
791 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
792 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600793 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100794 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200795 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200796 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100797 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200798 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100799 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100800 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200801 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400802 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200803 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100804 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200805 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530806 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200807 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530808 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200809 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530810 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200811};
812
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200813#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
814
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200815/**
816 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
817 *
818 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
819 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530820 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
821 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100822 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100823 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200824 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700825 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Johannes Bergb6b5c422020-04-24 12:39:46 +0200826 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
827 * (header conversion)
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200828 *
829 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
830 */
831enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
832 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530833 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100834 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100835 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200836 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700837 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +0100838 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(6),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200839};
840
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200841/*
842 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
843 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
844 */
845#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
846 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
847 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
848 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
849 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100850 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200851 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200852 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200853
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530854/**
855 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
856 * Rate Control algorithm.
857 *
858 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
859 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
860 *
861 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
862 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
863 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
864 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
865 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100866 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
867 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530868 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
869 * Greenfield mode.
870 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100871 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
872 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
873 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530874 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
875 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
876 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
877 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
878 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200879enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
880 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
881 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
882 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
883
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100884 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200885 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
886 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
887 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
888 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
889 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100890 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
891 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
892 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800893};
894
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200895
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200896/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
897#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200898
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200899/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
900#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
901
902/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200903#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200904
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200905/* maximum number of rate table entries */
906#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
907
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200908/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200909 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200910 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200911 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
912 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200913 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200914 *
915 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
916 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
917 *
918 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
919 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200920 *
921 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
922 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
923 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
924 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300925 * information::
926 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200927 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300928 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200929 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
930 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
931 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
932 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300933 * information should then contain::
934 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200935 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300936 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200937 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
938 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200939 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200940struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
941 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100942 u16 count:5,
943 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000944} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200945
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100946#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
947
948static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
949 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
950{
951 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200952 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
953 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100954}
955
956static inline u8
957ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
958{
959 return rate->idx & 0xF;
960}
961
962static inline u8
963ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
964{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200965 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100966}
967
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200968/**
969 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200970 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200971 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
972 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
973 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
974 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
975 *
976 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200977 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200978 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100979 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen6912dae2019-10-23 11:59:00 +0200980 * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +0100981 * @control: union part for control data
982 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
983 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
984 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
985 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
986 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
987 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
988 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
989 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
990 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
991 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
992 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
993 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
994 * @pad: padding
995 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
996 * @status: union part for status data
997 * @status.rates: attempted rates
998 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
999 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
1000 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
1001 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
1002 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
1003 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
1004 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
1005 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
1006 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07001007 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001008 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001009 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001010 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001011 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001012 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001013 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001014struct ieee80211_tx_info {
1015 /* common information */
1016 u32 flags;
Johannes Bergf2b18ba2020-01-15 12:25:50 +01001017 u32 band:3,
1018 ack_frame_id:13,
1019 hw_queue:4,
1020 tx_time_est:10;
1021 /* 2 free bits */
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001022
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001023 union {
1024 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001025 union {
1026 /* rate control */
1027 struct {
1028 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1029 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1030 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001031 u8 use_rts:1;
1032 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001033 u8 short_preamble:1;
1034 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001035 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001036 };
1037 /* only needed before rate control */
1038 unsigned long jiffies;
1039 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001040 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001041 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001042 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001043 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001044 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001045 } control;
1046 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001047 u64 cookie;
1048 } ack;
1049 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001050 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001051 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001052 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001053 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001054 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001055 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301056 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001057 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001058 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001059 struct {
1060 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1061 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001062 u8 pad[4];
1063
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001064 void *rate_driver_data[
1065 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1066 };
1067 void *driver_data[
1068 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001069 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001070};
1071
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen7a892332019-11-18 22:06:10 -08001072static inline u16
1073ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
1074{
1075 /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
1076 * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
1077 */
1078 info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
1079 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1080}
1081
1082static inline u16
1083ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1084{
1085 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1086}
1087
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001088/**
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001089 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001090 *
1091 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1092 * @info: Basic tx status information
1093 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001094 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001095 */
1096struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1097 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1098 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1099 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001100 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001101};
1102
1103/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001104 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1105 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001106 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1107 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1108 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001109 *
1110 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1111 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1112 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1113 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1114 */
1115struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001116 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1117 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001118 const u8 *common_ies;
1119 size_t common_ie_len;
1120};
1121
1122
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001123static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1124{
1125 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1126}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001127
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001128static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1129{
1130 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1131}
1132
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001133/**
1134 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1135 *
1136 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1137 *
1138 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1139 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1140 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1141 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1142 *
1143 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1144 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1145 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1146 */
1147static inline void
1148ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1149{
1150 int i;
1151
1152 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1153 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1154 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1155 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1156 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1157 /* clear the rate counts */
1158 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1159 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1160
1161 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001162 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001163 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1164 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1165 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1166}
1167
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001168
1169/**
1170 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1171 *
1172 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1173 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1174 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1175 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001176 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1177 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001178 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001179 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1180 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001181 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1182 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1183 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1184 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001185 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1186 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001187 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1188 * the frame.
1189 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1190 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001191 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001192 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1193 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1194 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001195 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1196 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1197 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001198 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1199 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001200 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1201 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001202 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1203 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1204 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001205 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1206 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1207 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1208 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1209 * on this subframe
1210 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1211 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001212 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1213 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001214 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1215 * processing it in any regular way.
1216 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1217 * them for sniffing purposes.
1218 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1219 * monitor interfaces.
1220 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1221 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001222 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1223 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1224 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1225 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1226 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1227 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1228 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1229 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1230 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001231 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1232 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1233 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001234 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1235 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1236 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001237 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1238 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001239 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1240 * frame
1241 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001242 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1243 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001244 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001245 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1246 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1247 * - DATA3_CODING
1248 * - DATA5_GI
1249 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1250 * - DATA6_NSTS
1251 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001252 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001253 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1254 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1255 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001256 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001257 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1258 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1259 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1260 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001261 */
1262enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001263 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1264 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001265 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001266 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1267 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1268 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1269 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001270 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001271 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1272 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1273 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1274 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1275 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1276 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1277 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1278 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1279 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1280 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1281 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1282 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1283 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1284 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1285 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1286 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001287 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1288 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001289 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1290 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001291 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001292 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001293};
1294
1295/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001296 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001297 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001298 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001299 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1300 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1301 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1302 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001303 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001304 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1305 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001306 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001307 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001308enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1309 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001310 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1311 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1312 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1313 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1314 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001315};
1316
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001317#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1318
1319enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1320 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1321 RX_ENC_HT,
1322 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001323 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001324};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001325
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001326/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001327 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1328 *
1329 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1330 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001331 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001332 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001333 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1334 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001335 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1336 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001337 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1338 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001339 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001340 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001341 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1342 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001343 * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001344 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1345 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1346 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001347 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1348 * values were filled.
1349 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1350 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001351 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001352 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001353 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001354 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001355 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001356 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1357 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001358 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001359 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1360 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1361 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001362 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001363 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1364 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1365 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001366 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001367 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001368struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1369 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001370 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001371 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001372 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001373 u32 flag;
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001374 u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001375 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001376 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1377 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001378 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001379 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001380 u8 rx_flags;
1381 u8 band;
1382 u8 antenna;
1383 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001384 u8 chains;
1385 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001386 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001387 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001388};
1389
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001390static inline u32
1391ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
1392{
1393 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
1394 (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
1395}
1396
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001397/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001398 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1399 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1400 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1401 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1402 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1403 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1404 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1405 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1406 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1407 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1408 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1409 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1410 * @data field.
1411 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1412 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1413 * length
1414 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1415 *
1416 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1417 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1418 * data.
1419 */
1420struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1421 u32 present;
1422 u8 align;
1423 u8 oui[3];
1424 u8 subns;
1425 u8 pad;
1426 u16 len;
1427 u8 data[];
1428} __packed;
1429
1430/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001431 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1432 *
1433 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1434 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001435 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1436 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1437 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001438 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1439 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1440 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1441 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1442 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1443 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1444 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001445 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1446 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1447 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1448 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1449 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001450 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1451 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001452 */
1453enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001454 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001455 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001456 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001457 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001458};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001459
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001460
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001461/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001462 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1463 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001464 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001465 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001466 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001467 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001468 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001469 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001470 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001471 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001472 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1473 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001474 */
1475enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001476 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001477 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001478 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001479 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001480 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1481 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1482 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001483 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001484};
1485
1486/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001487 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1488 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001489 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1490 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1491 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1492 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1493 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001494 */
1495enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1496 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1497 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1498 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1499 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1500
1501 /* keep last */
1502 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1503};
1504
1505/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001506 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1507 *
1508 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1509 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001510 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1511 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001512 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001513 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1514 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1515 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001516 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1517 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1518 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1519 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001520 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1521 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001522 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001523 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001524 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001525 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001526 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001527 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1528 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001529 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001530 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1531 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001532 *
1533 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1534 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001535 * configured for an HT channel.
1536 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1537 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001538 */
1539struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001540 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001541 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001542
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001543 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001544 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001545
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001546 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1547
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001548 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001549 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001550 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001551};
1552
1553/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001554 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1555 *
1556 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1557 * operation.
1558 *
1559 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1560 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1561 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1562 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001563 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1564 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001565 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1566 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001567 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001568 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001569 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1570 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1571 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001572 */
1573struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1574 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001575 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001576 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001577 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001578 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001579 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001580};
1581
1582/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001583 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1584 *
1585 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1586 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001587 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1588 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1589 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1590 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001591 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1592 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1593 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1594 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001595 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1596 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1597 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001598 */
1599enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1600 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001601 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001602 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001603 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001604};
1605
1606/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001607 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1608 *
1609 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1610 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1611 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001612 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001613 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1614 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001615 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001616 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1617 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001618 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1619 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1620 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001621 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001622 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1623 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1624 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1625 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001626 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1627 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001628 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1629 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1630 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1631 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1632 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001633 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001634 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001635 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001636 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1637 * interface.
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001638 * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
1639 * for this interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001640 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001641 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001642 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301643 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1644 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001645 */
1646struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001647 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001648 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001649 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001650 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001651 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001652 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001653
1654 u8 cab_queue;
1655 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1656
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001657 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1658
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001659 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1660
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001661 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001662
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001663#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1664 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1665#endif
1666
Johannes Berg6cd536f2020-04-17 12:43:01 +02001667 bool probe_req_reg;
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001668 bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001669
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301670 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1671
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001672 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001673 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001674};
1675
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001676static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1677{
1678#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001679 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001680#endif
1681 return false;
1682}
1683
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001684/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001685 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1686 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1687 *
1688 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1689 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1690 *
1691 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1692 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1693 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1694 */
1695struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1696
1697/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001698 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1699 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1700 *
1701 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1702 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1703 *
1704 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1705 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1706 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1707 */
1708struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1709
1710/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001711 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1712 *
1713 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1714 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1715 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001716 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1717 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001718 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1719 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001720 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1721 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1722 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001723 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1724 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001725 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001726 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1727 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001728 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001729 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001730 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001731 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1732 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1733 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001734 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1735 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1736 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1737 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1738 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1739 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1740 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001741 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001742 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001743 * only for management frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001744 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1745 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1746 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001747 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1748 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1749 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001750 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001751 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
1752 * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
1753 * generation only
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001754 */
1755enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001756 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1757 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1758 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1759 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1760 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1761 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1762 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001763 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001764 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001765 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001766 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001767};
1768
1769/**
1770 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1771 *
1772 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1773 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1774 *
1775 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1776 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001777 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001778 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001779 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1780 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001781 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1782 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1783 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001784 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1785 * data block:
1786 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1787 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1788 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001789 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1790 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001791 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001792struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001793 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001794 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001795 u8 icv_len;
1796 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001797 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001798 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001799 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001800 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001801 u8 key[0];
1802};
1803
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001804#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1805
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001806#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1807#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1808
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001809/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001810 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1811 *
1812 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1813 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1814 * reverse order than in packet)
1815 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1816 * reverse order than in packet)
1817 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1818 * reverse order than in packet)
1819 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1820 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001821 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001822 */
1823struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1824 union {
1825 struct {
1826 u32 iv32;
1827 u16 iv16;
1828 } tkip;
1829 struct {
1830 u8 pn[6];
1831 } ccmp;
1832 struct {
1833 u8 pn[6];
1834 } aes_cmac;
1835 struct {
1836 u8 pn[6];
1837 } aes_gmac;
1838 struct {
1839 u8 pn[6];
1840 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001841 struct {
1842 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1843 u8 seq_len;
1844 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001845 };
1846};
1847
1848/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001849 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1850 *
1851 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1852 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1853 *
1854 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1855 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1856 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1857 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1858 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1859 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1860 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1861 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1862 * key_idx value calculation:
1863 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1864 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1865 */
1866struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1867 u32 cipher;
1868 u16 iftype;
1869 u8 hdr_len;
1870 u8 pn_len;
1871 u8 pn_off;
1872 u8 key_idx_off;
1873 u8 key_idx_mask;
1874 u8 key_idx_shift;
1875 u8 mic_len;
1876};
1877
1878/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001879 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1880 *
1881 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1882 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1883 *
1884 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1885 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1886 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001887enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001888 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001889};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001890
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001891/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001892 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1893 *
1894 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1895 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1896 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1897 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1898 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1899 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1900 */
1901enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1902 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1903 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1904 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1905 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1906 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1907 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1908};
1909
1910/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001911 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1912 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1913 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1914 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1915 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1916 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1917 *
1918 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1919 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1920 */
1921enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1922 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1923 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1924 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1925 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1926};
1927
1928/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001929 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1930 *
1931 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001932 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001933 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1934 */
1935struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1936 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1937 struct {
1938 s8 idx;
1939 u8 count;
1940 u8 count_cts;
1941 u8 count_rts;
1942 u16 flags;
1943 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1944};
1945
1946/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301947 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1948 *
1949 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1950 *
1951 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1952 * to the STA.
1953 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1954 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1955 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1956 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1957 * per peer TPC.
1958 */
1959struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1960 s16 power;
1961 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1962};
1963
1964/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001965 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1966 *
1967 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1968 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1969 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1970 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1971 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001972 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001973 *
1974 * @addr: MAC address
1975 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001976 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001977 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1978 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001979 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001980 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1981 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1982 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001983 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1984 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001985 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001986 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001987 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001988 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1989 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001990 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001991 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001992 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1993 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1994 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1995 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001996 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001997 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001998 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001999 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
2000 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302001 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002002 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
2003 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
2004 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002005 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002006 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002007 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08002008 * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002009 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
2010 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002011 */
2012struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02002013 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002014 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
2015 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02002016 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00002017 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002018 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
2019 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03002020 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03002021 u8 uapsd_queues;
2022 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002023 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002024 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002025 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002026 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002027 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002028 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302029 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002030 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002031
2032 /**
2033 * @max_amsdu_len:
2034 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
2035 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
2036 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
2037 *
2038 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
2039 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13002040 * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002041 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
2042 *
2043 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
2044 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
2045 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
2046 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002047 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002048 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002049 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002050 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302051 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002052
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002053 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002054
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002055 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01002056 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002057};
2058
2059/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002060 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2061 *
2062 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302063 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002064 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002065 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2066 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2067 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002068enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002069 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2070};
2071
2072/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002073 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2074 *
2075 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2076 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2077 */
2078struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2079 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2080};
2081
2082/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002083 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2084 *
2085 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2086 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002087 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2088 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002089 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002090 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002091 *
2092 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2093 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2094 */
2095struct ieee80211_txq {
2096 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2097 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2098 u8 tid;
2099 u8 ac;
2100
2101 /* must be last */
2102 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2103};
2104
2105/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002106 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2107 *
2108 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2109 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2110 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2111 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2112 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2113 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002114 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2115 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2116 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2117 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2118 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2119 * algorithm.
2120 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2121 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2122 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2123 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2124 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2125 * CCK frames.
2126 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002127 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2128 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2129 * the FCS at the end.
2130 *
2131 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2132 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2133 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2134 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2135 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2136 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002137 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002138 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002139 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2140 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2141 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2142 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2143 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002144 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2145 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2146 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2147 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2148 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002149 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2150 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2151 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302152 *
2153 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2154 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002155 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002156 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2157 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2158 *
2159 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2160 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2161 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2162 *
2163 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2164 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002165 *
2166 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2167 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002168 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302169 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2170 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2171 * the stack.
2172 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002173 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002174 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2175 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002176 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002177 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2178 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2179 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002180 *
2181 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2182 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2183 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2184 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2185 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2186 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002187 *
2188 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2189 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2190 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2191 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2192 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2193 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002194 *
2195 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2196 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2197 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002198 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002199 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2200 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2201 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002202 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002203 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2204 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2205 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2206 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002207 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2208 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2209 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2210 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2211 * supported cipher suites.
2212 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002213 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2214 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2215 * for frames.
2216 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002217 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2218 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2219 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2220 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002221 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002222 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2223 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2224 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002225 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2226 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2227 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002228 *
2229 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2230 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002231 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002232 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2233 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2234 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2235 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002236 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2237 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2238 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2239 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002240 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002241 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2242 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2243 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002244 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002245 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002246 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002247 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2248 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2249 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002250 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2251 * within A-MPDU.
2252 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002253 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2254 * for sent beacons.
2255 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002256 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2257 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2258 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2259 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2260 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002261 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2262 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2263 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2264 * timeout.
2265 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002266 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2267 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2268 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002269 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2270 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2271 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2272 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2273 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2274 *
2275 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2276 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2277 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302278 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2279 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2280 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2281 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2282 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002283 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2284 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2285 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2286 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002287 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2288 * TDLS links.
2289 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002290 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2291 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2292 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2293 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2294 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2295 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2296 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002297 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002298 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2299 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002300 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002301 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2302 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2303 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002304 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2305 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2306 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2307 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2308 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2309 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002310 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2311 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2312 * TXQs to start with.
2313 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002314 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2315 * length in tx status information
2316 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002317 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2318 *
2319 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2320 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2321 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002322 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2323 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2324 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2325 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002326 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002327 */
2328enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002329 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2330 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2331 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2332 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2333 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2334 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2335 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2336 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2337 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2338 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2339 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2340 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2341 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2342 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2343 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2344 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2345 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2346 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2347 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2348 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2349 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2350 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2351 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2352 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2353 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2354 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2355 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2356 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2357 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002358 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002359 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002360 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002361 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002362 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002363 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002364 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2365 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302366 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002367 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002368 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002369 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002370 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002371 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002372 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002373 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002374 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002375 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2376 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002377 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002378
2379 /* keep last, obviously */
2380 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002381};
2382
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002383/**
2384 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002385 *
2386 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2387 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2388 *
2389 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2390 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2391 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002392 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2393 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002394 *
2395 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2396 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002397 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2398 * along with this structure.
2399 *
2400 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2401 *
2402 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2403 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2404 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002405 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2406 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002407 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002408 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002409 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002410 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002411 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002412 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002413 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002414 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002415 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2416 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2417 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002418 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2419 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2420 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002421 *
2422 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2423 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002424 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2425 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002426 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2427 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002428 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2429 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002430 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002431 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2432 * can handle.
2433 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2434 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002435 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002436 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002437 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2438 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2439 * aggregation.
2440 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2441 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2442 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002443 *
2444 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002445 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2446 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2447 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2448 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2449 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002450 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002451 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2452 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2453 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002454 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2455 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002456 *
2457 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2458 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002459 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002460 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002461 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002462 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2463 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002464 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002465 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002466 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2467 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002468 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002469 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002470 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002471 * device_timestamp.
2472 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2473 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2474 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2475 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2476 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002477 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002478 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002479 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2480 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002481 *
2482 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2483 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2484 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2485 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2486 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2487 * neither enabled.
2488 *
2489 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2490 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2491 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002492 *
2493 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2494 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2495 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002496 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2497 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002498 *
2499 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2500 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2501 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002502 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002503 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002504 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002505 *
2506 * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002507 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002508struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002509 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002510 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002511 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002512 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002513 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002514 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002515 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002516 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002517 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002518 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002519 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002520 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002521 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002522 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002523 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002524 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002525 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002526 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2527 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002528 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002529 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002530 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002531 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002532 struct {
2533 int units_pos;
2534 s16 accuracy;
2535 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002536 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002537 u8 uapsd_queues;
2538 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002539 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2540 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002541 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002542 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002543 u8 weight_multiplier;
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002544 u32 max_mtu;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002545};
2546
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002547static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2548 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2549{
2550 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2551}
2552#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2553
2554static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2555 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2556{
2557 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2558}
2559#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2560
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002561/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002562 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2563 *
2564 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2565 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2566 */
2567struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2568 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2569
2570 /* Keep last */
2571 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2572};
2573
2574/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002575 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2576 *
2577 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2578 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2579 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2580 * @status: channel-switch response status
2581 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2582 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2583 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2584 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2585 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2586 */
2587struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2588 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2589 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2590 u8 action_code;
2591 u32 status;
2592 u32 timestamp;
2593 u16 switch_time;
2594 u16 switch_timeout;
2595 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2596 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2597};
2598
2599/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002600 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2601 *
2602 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2603 *
2604 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2605 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2606 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2607 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2608 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002609 *
2610 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002611 */
2612struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2613
2614/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002615 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2616 *
2617 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2618 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2619 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002620static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2621{
2622 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2623}
2624
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002625/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002626 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002627 *
2628 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2629 * @addr: the address to set
2630 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002631static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002632{
2633 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2634}
2635
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002636static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2637ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002638 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002639{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002640 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002641 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002642 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002643}
2644
2645static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2646ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002647 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002648{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002649 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002650 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002651 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002652}
2653
2654static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2655ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002656 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002657{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002658 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002659 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002660 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002661}
2662
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002663/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002664 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2665 * @hw: the hardware
2666 * @skb: the skb
2667 *
Joe Perches3f2aef12019-10-24 11:32:12 -07002668 * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002669 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2670 */
2671void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2672
2673/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002674 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002675 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002676 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2677 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2678 *
2679 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2680 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002681 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2682 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2683 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002684 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2685 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2686 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002687 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2688 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2689 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2690 *
2691 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2692 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2693 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2694 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2695 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002696 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2697 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2698 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2699 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2700 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002701 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2702 *
2703 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2704 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2705 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2706 * based on the receive flags.
2707 *
2708 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2709 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2710 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2711 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002712 *
2713 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2714 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2715 * handler.
2716 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002717 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002718 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2719 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002720 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002721 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002722 *
2723 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2724 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2725 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002726 *
2727 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2728 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2729 * requirements:
2730 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2731 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2732 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2733 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2734 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2735 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2736 encrypted with the new key and
2737 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2738 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002739 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002740
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002741/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002742 * DOC: Powersave support
2743 *
2744 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2745 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002746 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2747 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2748 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2749 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2750 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2751 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2752 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2753 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002754 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002755 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2756 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2757 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002758 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2759 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002760 *
2761 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2762 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2763 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002764 *
2765 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2766 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2767 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2768 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002769 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2770 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002771 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002772 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002773 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2774 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2775 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2776 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2777 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2778 * periods.
2779 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002780 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002781 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2782 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2783 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2784 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2785 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2786 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2787 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2788 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2789 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2790 *
2791 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002792 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002793 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002794 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2795 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2796 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2797 *
2798 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2799 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002800 */
2801
2802/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002803 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2804 *
2805 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002806 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002807 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2808 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2809 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2810 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2811 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2812 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002813 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2814 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002815 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2816 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2817 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2818 *
2819 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2820 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2821 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2822 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2823 *
2824 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2825 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2826 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2827 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002828 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002829 * - a list of information element IDs
2830 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2831 *
2832 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2833 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2834 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2835 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2836 * vendor information elements.
2837 *
2838 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2839 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2840 *
2841 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2842 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2843 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2844 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2845 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2846 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2847 *
2848 *
2849 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2850 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2851 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2852 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2853 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2854 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2855 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2856 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2857 *
2858 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2859 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2860 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002861 */
2862
2863/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002864 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2865 *
2866 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2867 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2868 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2869 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2870 *
2871 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2872 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2873 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2874 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2875 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2876 * hardware flags.
2877 *
2878 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2879 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2880 * turned off otherwise.
2881 *
2882 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2883 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2884 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2885 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2886 */
2887
2888/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002889 * DOC: Frame filtering
2890 *
2891 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2892 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2893 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2894 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2895 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2896 *
2897 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2898 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2899 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2900 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002901 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2902 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2903 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2904 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2905 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2906 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2907 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002908 *
2909 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2910 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2911 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2912 * or dropped.
2913 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002914 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2915 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2916 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2917 * the flag, but not clear it.
2918 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2919 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2920 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2921 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2922 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2923 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2924 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2925 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002926 */
2927
2928/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002929 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2930 *
2931 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2932 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2933 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2934 *
2935 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2936 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2937 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2938 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2939 * the driver code.
2940 *
2941 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2942 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2943 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2944 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2945 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2946 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2947 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2948 *
2949 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2950 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2951 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2952 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2953 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2954 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2955 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2956 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2957 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2958 * @sta_notify callback.
2959 *
2960 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2961 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2962 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2963 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2964 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2965 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2966 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002967 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002968 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2969 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2970 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2971 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2972 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2973 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2974 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002975 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2976 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2977 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002978 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2979 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2980 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2981 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2982 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2983 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2984 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2985 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2986 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2987 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2988 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2989 *
2990 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2991 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2992 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2993 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2994 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2995 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2996 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2997 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2998 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2999 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003000 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003001 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
3002 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
3003 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
3004 *
3005 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
3006 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
3007 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
3008 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
3009 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003010 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003011 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
3012 *
3013 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
3014 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
3015 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
3016 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003017 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01003018 *
3019 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
3020 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
3021 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
3022 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003023 */
3024
3025/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02003026 * DOC: HW queue control
3027 *
3028 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
3029 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
3030 * was problematic for a few reasons:
3031 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
3032 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
3033 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
3034 *
3035 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
3036 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
3037 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
3038 *
3039 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
3040 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
3041 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
3042 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
3043 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
3044 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
3045 * the hardware queue.
3046 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
3047 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
3048 *
3049 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
3050 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
3051 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3052 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3053 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3054 *
3055 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3056 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3057 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3058 * off-channel queue: 9
3059 *
3060 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3061 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3062 *
3063 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3064 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3065 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3066 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3067 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3068 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3069 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3070 *
3071 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3072 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3073 *
3074 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3075 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3076 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3077 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3078 */
3079
3080/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003081 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3082 *
3083 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3084 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3085 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3086 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3087 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003088 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3089 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3090 * multicast address.
3091 *
3092 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3093 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3094 *
3095 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3096 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3097 *
3098 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3099 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3100 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3101 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3102 * honour this flag if possible.
3103 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003104 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3105 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003106 *
3107 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003108 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003109 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003110 *
3111 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003112 *
3113 * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003114 */
3115enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003116 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3117 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3118 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3119 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3120 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3121 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003122 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003123 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003124 FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003125};
3126
3127/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003128 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3129 *
3130 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3131 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003132 *
3133 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3134 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003135 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003136 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3137 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003138 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3139 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003140 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003141 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
3142 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
3143 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
3144 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003145 * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003146 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003147 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3148 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3149 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3150 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3151 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3152 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3153 * session is gone and removes the station.
3154 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3155 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3156 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3157 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003158 */
3159enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3160 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3161 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003162 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003163 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3164 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3165 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003166 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003167};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003168
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003169#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003170#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003171
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003172/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003173 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3174 *
3175 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3176 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3177 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3178 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3179 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3180 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3181 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3182 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3183 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3184 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3185 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3186 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3187 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3188 */
3189struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3190 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3191 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3192 u16 tid;
3193 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003194 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003195 bool amsdu;
3196 u16 timeout;
3197};
3198
3199/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003200 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3201 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003202 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3203 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003204 */
3205enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3206 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003207 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003208};
3209
3210/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003211 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3212 *
3213 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003214 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3215 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3216 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003217 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003218 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3219 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3220 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003221 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3222 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003223 */
3224enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3225 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3226 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003227 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003228 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003229};
3230
3231/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003232 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3233 *
3234 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3235 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003236 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003237 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3238 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3239 *
3240 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3241 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003242 * for sending management frames offchannel.
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003243 */
3244enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3245 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3246 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3247};
3248
3249/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003250 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3251 *
3252 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3253 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3254 *
3255 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3256 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3257 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3258 * of wowlan configuration)
3259 */
3260enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3261 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3262 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3263};
3264
3265/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003266 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3267 *
3268 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3269 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3270 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3271 *
3272 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3273 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3274 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003275 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003276 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003277 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003278 *
3279 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3280 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3281 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3282 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3283 * or zero.
3284 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3285 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3286 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003287 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003288 *
3289 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3290 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3291 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3292 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003293 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3294 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003295 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003296 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003297 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3298 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3299 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3300 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3301 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003302 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3303 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3304 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3305 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003306 *
3307 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3308 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3309 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3310 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3311 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3312 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003313 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3314 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3315 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3316 * in suspend().
3317 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003318 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003319 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003320 * and @stop must be implemented.
3321 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3322 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3323 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3324 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3325 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003326 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003327 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003328 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3329 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3330 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3331 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3332 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3333 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003334 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3335 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3336 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3337 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3338 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3339 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3340 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003341 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003342 *
3343 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3344 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003345 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003346 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003347 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003348 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3349 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3350 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3351 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3352 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003353 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3354 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003355 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003356 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3357 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3358 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3359 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003360 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3361 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003362 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003363 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003364 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3365 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3366 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3367 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3368 * which flags are changed.
3369 * This callback can sleep.
3370 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003371 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003372 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003373 *
3374 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003375 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3376 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003377 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003378 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003379 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003380 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003381 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3382 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3383 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003384 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003385 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003386 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3387 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3388 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3389 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3390 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3391 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003392 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3393 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3394 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3395 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003396 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003397 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003398 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3399 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003400 * that power save is disabled.
3401 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3402 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3403 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3404 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3405 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3406 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3407 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003408 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3409 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3410 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3411 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3412 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003413 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003414 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003415 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3416 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3417 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3418 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3419 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3420 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3421 * The callback can sleep.
3422 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003423 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3424 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3425 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3426 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3427 *
3428 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003429 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003430 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003431 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3432 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003433 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3434 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3435 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003436 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003437 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3438 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3439 * this notification.
3440 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003441 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003442 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3443 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003444 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003445 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003446 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3447 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3448 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003449 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003450 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003451 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003452 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3453 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3454 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003455 * The callback can sleep.
3456 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003457 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003458 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003459 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003460 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3461 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3462 *
3463 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003464 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3465 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3466 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3467 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3468 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003469 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303470 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3471 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003472 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3473 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303474 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003475 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003476 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3477 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3478 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003479 *
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08003480 * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
3481 * power for the station.
3482 * This callback can sleep.
3483 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003484 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3485 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3486 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3487 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003488 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3489 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3490 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3491 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3492 * The callback can sleep.
3493 *
3494 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3495 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3496 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3497 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3498 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003499 * The callback can sleep.
3500 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003501 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3502 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3503 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3504 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3505 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3506 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3507 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003508 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3509 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3510 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003511 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003512 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3513 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3514 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3515 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3516 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3517 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3518 * The callback can sleep.
3519 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003520 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003521 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003522 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003523 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003524 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003525 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003526 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003527 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003528 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003529 *
3530 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003531 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003532 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003533 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003534 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003535 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3536 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3537 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3538 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3539 * The callback can sleep.
3540 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003541 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3542 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3543 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3544 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003545 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003546 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003547 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3548 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3549 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003550 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003551 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003552 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003553 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3554 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003555 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3556 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3557 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003558 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003559 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003560 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3561 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003562 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3563 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3564 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003565 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003566 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3567 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003568 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003569 *
3570 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003571 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3572 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3573 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3574 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003575 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003576 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003577 *
3578 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3579 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3580 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3581 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003582 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003583 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3584 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3585 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3586 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3587 *
3588 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003589 *
3590 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3591 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3592 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3593 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3594 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3595 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003596 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003597 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3598 * must be accepted in this case.
3599 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003600 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3601 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003602 *
3603 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3604 *
3605 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303606 *
3607 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3608 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303609 *
3610 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3611 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3612 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003613 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3614 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003615 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003616 *
3617 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3618 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3619 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3620 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003621 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003622 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3623 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3624 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3625 * more-data bit must always be set.
3626 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3627 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003628 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3629 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3630 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3631 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3632 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3633 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003634 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3635 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3636 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003637 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3638 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003639 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003640 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003641 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003642 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3643 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3644 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003645 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003646 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3647 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3648 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3649 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003650 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003651 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003652 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3653 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3654 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003655 *
3656 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3657 *
3658 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3659 *
3660 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3661 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3662 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003663 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3664 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3665 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3666 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3667 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3668 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3669 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3670 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3671 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003672 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3673 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3674 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003675 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3676 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003677 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3678 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003679 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003680 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003681 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3682 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3683 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3684 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3685 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3686 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3687 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3688 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3689 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003690 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303691 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003692 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303693 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003694 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3695 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3696 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303697 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003698 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3699 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303700 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003701 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3702 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303703 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003704 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3705 * another, as specified in the list of
3706 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3707 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303708 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003709 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003710 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3711 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3712 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3713 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3714 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3715 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3716 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003717 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003718 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3719 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3720 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3721 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3722 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003723 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003724 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3725 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3726 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003727 *
3728 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3729 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3730 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003731 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003732 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3733 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003734 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003735 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003736 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3737 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003738 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3739 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003740 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003741 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003742 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3743 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3744 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003745 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3746 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3747 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003748 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3749 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3750 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003751 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3752 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3753 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3754 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003755 *
3756 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3757 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3758 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003759 *
3760 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3761 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003762 *
3763 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3764 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3765 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3766 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3767 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3768 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3769 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3770 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3771 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003772 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3773 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3774 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3775 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3776 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3777 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3778 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003779 *
3780 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003781 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3782 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3783 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3784 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003785 *
3786 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3787 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003788 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3789 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3790 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3791 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3792 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3793 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003794 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3795 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3796 * this call.
3797 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3798 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3799 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003800 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3801 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3802 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3803 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003804 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3805 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003806 *
3807 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3808 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05303809 * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
3810 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
3811 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003812 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003813struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003814 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3815 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3816 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003817 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003818 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003819#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3820 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3821 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003822 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003823#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003824 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003825 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003826 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3827 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003828 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003829 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003830 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003831 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003832 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3833 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3834 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3835 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003836
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003837 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3838 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3839
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003840 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003841 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003842 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3843 unsigned int changed_flags,
3844 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003845 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003846 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3847 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3848 unsigned int filter_flags,
3849 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003850 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3851 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003852 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003853 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003854 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003855 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003856 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3857 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3858 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3859 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003860 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3861 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3862 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003863 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3864 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003865 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003866 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003867 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3868 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003869 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3870 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3871 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003872 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003873 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003874 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003875 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3876 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3877 const u8 *mac_addr);
3878 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3879 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003880 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3881 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003882 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3883 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3884 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003885 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003886 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003887 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3888 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3889 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3890 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303891#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3892 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3893 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3894 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3895 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303896#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003897 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003898 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303899 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3900 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3901 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003902 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3903 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3904 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3905 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003906 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3907 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3908 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003909 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3910 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3911 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3912 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003913 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3914 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3915 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003916 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3917 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3918 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3919 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003920 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003921 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003922 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003923 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3924 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3925 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003926 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3927 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003928 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003929 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003930
3931 /**
3932 * @ampdu_action:
3933 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3934 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3935 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3936 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3937 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3938 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3939 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3940 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3941 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3942 *
3943 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3944 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3945 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3946 *
3947 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3948 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3949 *
3950 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3951 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3952 * - ``TX: 81``
3953 *
3954 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3955 *
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003956 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
3957 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
3958 * if the session can start immediately.
3959 *
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003960 * The callback can sleep.
3961 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003962 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003963 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003964 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003965 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3966 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003967 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003968 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003969#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003970 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3971 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003972 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3973 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3974 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003975#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003976 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003978 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003979 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003980 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003981 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3982 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003983
3984 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003985 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003986 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003987 int duration,
3988 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03003989 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3990 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003991 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3992 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3993 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303994 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303995 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3996 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003997 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3998 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3999 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004000
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02004001 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4002 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4003 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4004 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4005 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004006 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4007 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4008 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4009 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4010 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07004011
4012 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4013 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
4014 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4015 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4016 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
4017 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4018 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4019 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02004020
4021 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03004022 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4023 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004024
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03004025 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4026 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4027
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004028 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4029 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4030 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4031 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4032 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4033 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
4034 u32 changed);
4035 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4036 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4037 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4038 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4039 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4040 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03004041 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4042 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
4043 int n_vifs,
4044 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01004045
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02004046 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4047 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01004048
4049#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
4050 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4051 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4052 struct inet6_dev *idev);
4053#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004054 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4055 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4056 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03004057 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4058 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4059 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004060
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004061 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4062 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02004063 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4064 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02004065 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4066 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4067 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004068
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004069 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4070 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03004071 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4072 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004073 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4074 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004075
4076 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4077 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4078 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4079 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004080 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004081 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4082 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4083 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004084 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4085 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4086 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004087
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004088 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4089 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004090 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004091
4092 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4093 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4094 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4095 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4096 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004097 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4098 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4099 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004100 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4101 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4102 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4103 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4104 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4105 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004106 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4107 struct sk_buff *head,
4108 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004109 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4110 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4111 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004112 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4113 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4114 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4115 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05304116 int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4117 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4118 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4119 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4120 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4121 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4122 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004123};
4124
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004125/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004126 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4127 *
4128 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4129 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4130 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4131 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4132 * @priv_data_len.
4133 *
4134 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4135 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4136 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4137 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4138 *
4139 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4140 */
4141struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4142 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4143 const char *requested_name);
4144
4145/**
4146 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004147 *
4148 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4149 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4150 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4151 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4152 * @priv_data_len.
4153 *
4154 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4155 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004156 *
4157 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004158 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004159static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004160struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004161 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4162{
4163 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4164}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004165
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004166/**
4167 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4168 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004169 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4170 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4171 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004172 *
4173 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004174 *
4175 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004176 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004177int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4178
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004179/**
4180 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4181 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4182 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4183 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4184 */
4185struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4186 int throughput;
4187 int blink_time;
4188};
4189
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004190/**
4191 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4192 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4193 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4194 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4195 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4196 */
4197enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4198 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4199 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4200 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4201};
4202
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004203#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004204const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4205const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4206const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4207const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4208const char *
4209__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4210 unsigned int flags,
4211 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4212 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004213#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004214/**
4215 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4216 *
4217 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4218 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4219 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4220 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4221 *
4222 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004223 *
4224 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004225 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004226static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004227{
4228#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4229 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4230#else
4231 return NULL;
4232#endif
4233}
4234
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004235/**
4236 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4237 *
4238 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4239 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4240 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4241 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4242 *
4243 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004244 *
4245 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004246 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004247static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004248{
4249#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4250 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4251#else
4252 return NULL;
4253#endif
4254}
4255
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004256/**
4257 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4258 *
4259 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4260 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4261 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4262 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4263 *
4264 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004265 *
4266 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004267 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004268static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004269{
4270#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4271 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4272#else
4273 return NULL;
4274#endif
4275}
4276
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004277/**
4278 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4279 *
4280 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4281 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4282 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4283 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4284 *
4285 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004286 *
4287 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004288 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004289static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004290{
4291#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4292 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4293#else
4294 return NULL;
4295#endif
4296}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004297
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004298/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004299 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4300 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004301 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004302 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4303 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4304 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004305 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4306 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4307 *
4308 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004309 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004310static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004311ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004312 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4313 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4314{
4315#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004316 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004317 blink_table_len);
4318#else
4319 return NULL;
4320#endif
4321}
4322
4323/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004324 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4325 *
4326 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4327 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4328 *
4329 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4330 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004331void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4332
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004333/**
4334 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4335 *
4336 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4337 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004338 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004339 *
4340 * @hw: the hardware to free
4341 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004342void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4343
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004344/**
4345 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4346 *
4347 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4348 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4349 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4350 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4351 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4352 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4353 *
4354 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4355 */
4356void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4357
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004358/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004359 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004360 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004361 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4362 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4363 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4364 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4365 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4366 *
4367 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4368 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4369 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4370 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4371 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4372 *
4373 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4374 *
4375 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004376 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004377 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4378 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004379 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004380void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4381 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004382
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004383/**
4384 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4385 *
4386 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004387 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4388 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4389 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4390 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004391 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004392 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004393 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4394 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004395 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4396 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004397 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004398 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004399 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004400 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4401 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004402 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004403static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4404{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004405 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004406}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004407
4408/**
4409 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4410 *
4411 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004412 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4413 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004414 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004415 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4416 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004417 *
4418 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4419 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004420 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004421void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004422
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004423/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004424 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4425 *
4426 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4427 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4428 *
4429 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004430 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4431 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004432 *
4433 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4434 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4435 */
4436static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4437 struct sk_buff *skb)
4438{
4439 local_bh_disable();
4440 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4441 local_bh_enable();
4442}
4443
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004444/**
4445 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4446 *
4447 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4448 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4449 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4450 *
4451 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4452 *
4453 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4454 * each other.
4455 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004456 * @sta: currently connected sta
4457 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004458 *
4459 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004460 */
4461int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4462
4463/**
4464 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4465 * (in process context)
4466 *
4467 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4468 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4469 * applies.
4470 *
4471 * @sta: currently connected sta
4472 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004473 *
4474 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004475 */
4476static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4477 bool start)
4478{
4479 int ret;
4480
4481 local_bh_disable();
4482 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4483 local_bh_enable();
4484
4485 return ret;
4486}
4487
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004488/**
4489 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4490 * @sta: currently connected station
4491 *
4492 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4493 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4494 * connected station was received.
4495 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4496 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4497 * be serialized.
4498 */
4499void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4500
4501/**
4502 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4503 * @sta: currently connected station
4504 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4505 *
4506 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4507 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4508 * from a connected station was received.
4509 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4510 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4511 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004512 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4513 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4514 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4515 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004516 */
4517void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4518
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004519/*
4520 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4521 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4522 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004523#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004524
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004525/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004526 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004527 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004528 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4529 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004530 *
4531 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004532 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4533 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004534 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004535 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4536 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4537 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4538 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4539 *
4540 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4541 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4542 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4543 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4544 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4545 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4546 *
4547 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4548 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4549 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4550 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4551 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004552 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004553void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4554 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004555
4556/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004557 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4558 *
4559 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4560 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4561 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4562 *
4563 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4564 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4565 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4566 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4567 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4568 */
4569void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4570 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4571 struct sk_buff *skb,
4572 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4573 int max_rates);
4574
4575/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004576 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4577 *
4578 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4579 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4580 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4581 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4582 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4583 * slow stations to starve).
4584 *
4585 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4586 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4587 */
4588void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4589 u32 thr);
4590
4591/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304592 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4593 *
4594 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4595 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4596 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4597 *
4598 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4599 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4600 * @info: tx status information
4601 */
4602void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4603 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4604 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4605
4606/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004607 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4608 *
4609 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4610 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4611 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4612 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004613 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4614 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004615 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004616 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4617 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004618 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004619 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4620 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004621 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004622void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004623 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004624
4625/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004626 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4627 *
4628 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4629 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4630 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4631 *
4632 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4633 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4634 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4635 *
4636 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4637 * @status: tx status information
4638 */
4639void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4640 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4641
4642/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004643 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4644 *
4645 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4646 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4647 * specific skbs.
4648 *
4649 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4650 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4651 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4652 *
4653 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4654 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4655 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4656 * @info: tx status information
4657 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004658static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4659 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4660 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4661{
4662 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4663 .sta = sta,
4664 .info = info,
4665 };
4666
4667 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4668}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004669
4670/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004671 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4672 *
4673 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4674 *
4675 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4676 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4677 * for a single hardware.
4678 *
4679 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4680 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4681 */
4682static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4683 struct sk_buff *skb)
4684{
4685 local_bh_disable();
4686 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4687 local_bh_enable();
4688}
4689
4690/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004691 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004692 *
4693 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4694 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4695 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004696 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4697 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004698 *
4699 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4700 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004701 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004702void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004703 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004704
4705/**
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004706 * ieee80211_tx_status_8023 - transmit status callback for 802.3 frame format
4707 *
4708 * Call this function for all transmitted data frames after their transmit
4709 * completion. This callback should only be called for data frames which
4710 * are are using driver's (or hardware's) offload capability of encap/decap
4711 * 802.11 frames.
4712 *
4713 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4714 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other and all
4715 * calls in the same tx status family.
4716 *
4717 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4718 * @vif: the interface for which the frame was transmitted
4719 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4720 */
4721void ieee80211_tx_status_8023(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4722 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4723 struct sk_buff *skb);
4724
4725/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004726 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4727 *
4728 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4729 * connected STA.
4730 *
4731 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4732 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4733 */
4734void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4735
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004736#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4737
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004738/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004739 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4740 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4741 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004742 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4743 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4744 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004745 */
4746struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4747 u16 tim_offset;
4748 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004749
4750 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004751};
4752
4753/**
4754 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4755 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4756 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4757 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4758 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4759 *
4760 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4761 * obtain the beacon template.
4762 *
4763 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4764 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004765 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4766 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004767 *
4768 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4769 *
4770 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4771 */
4772struct sk_buff *
4773ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4774 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4775 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4776
4777/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004778 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4779 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004780 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004781 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4782 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4783 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4784 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4785 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4786 *
4787 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004788 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004789 *
4790 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4791 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004792 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4793 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004794 *
4795 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004796 *
4797 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004798 */
4799struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4801 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4802
4803/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004804 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4805 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004806 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004807 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004808 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004809 *
4810 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004811 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004812static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4813 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4814{
4815 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4816}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004817
4818/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004819 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4820 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4821 *
4822 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4823 * This function is called implicitly when
4824 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4825 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4826 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4827 *
4828 * Return: new csa counter value
4829 */
4830u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4831
4832/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004833 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4834 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4835 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4836 *
4837 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4838 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4839 *
4840 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4841 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4842 */
4843void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4844
4845/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004846 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4847 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4848 *
4849 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004850 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004851 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4852 */
4853void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4854
4855/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004856 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004857 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4858 *
4859 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4860 */
4861bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4862
4863
4864/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004865 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4866 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4867 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4868 *
4869 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4870 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4871 *
4872 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004873 *
4874 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004875 */
4876struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4877 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4878
4879/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004880 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4881 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4882 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4883 *
4884 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4885 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4886 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4887 *
4888 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4889 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004890 *
4891 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004892 */
4893struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4894 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4895
4896/**
4897 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4898 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4899 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004900 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4901 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004902 *
4903 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4904 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4905 * BSSID and address is used.
4906 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004907 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4908 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4909 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004910 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4911 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004912 *
4913 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004914 */
4915struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004916 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4917 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004918
4919/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004920 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4921 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004922 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004923 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4924 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004925 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004926 *
4927 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4928 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004929 *
4930 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004931 */
4932struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004933 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004934 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004935 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004936
4937/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004938 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4939 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004940 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004941 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4942 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004943 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004944 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4945 *
4946 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4947 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4948 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4949 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4950 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004951void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004952 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004953 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004954 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4955
4956/**
4957 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4958 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004959 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004960 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004961 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004962 *
4963 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4964 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4965 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004966 *
4967 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004968 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004969__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4970 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004971 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004972
4973/**
4974 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4975 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004976 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004977 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4978 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004979 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004980 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4981 *
4982 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4983 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4984 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4985 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4986 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004987void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4988 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004989 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004990 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004991 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4992
4993/**
4994 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4995 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004996 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004997 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004998 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004999 *
5000 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5001 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5002 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005003 *
5004 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005005 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005006__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5007 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005008 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005009 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005010
5011/**
5012 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
5013 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005014 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02005015 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005016 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005017 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005018 *
5019 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
5020 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005021 *
5022 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005023 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005024__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5025 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005026 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005027 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005028 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005029
5030/**
5031 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
5032 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005033 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005034 *
5035 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
5036 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
5037 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
5038 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005039 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
5040 *
5041 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
5042 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005043 *
5044 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
5045 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
5046 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
5047 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
5048 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
5049 * use common code for all beacons.
5050 */
5051struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005052ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005053
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005054/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005055 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
5056 *
5057 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
5058 *
5059 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5060 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5061 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5062 */
5063void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5064 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5065
5066/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005067 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005068 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005069 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
5070 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005071 *
5072 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005073 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
5074 * with this P1K
5075 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005076 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005077static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5078 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
5079{
5080 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
5081 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
5082 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
5083
5084 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
5085}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005086
5087/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02005088 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
5089 *
5090 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
5091 * and transmitter address.
5092 *
5093 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5094 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
5095 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5096 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5097 */
5098void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5099 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5100
5101/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005102 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5103 *
5104 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5105 * in the packet.
5106 *
5107 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5108 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5109 * encrypted with this key
5110 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5111 */
5112void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5113 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005114
5115/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005116 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5117 *
5118 * @pos: start of crypto header
5119 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5120 * @pn: PN to add
5121 *
5122 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5123 * the packet payload)
5124 *
5125 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5126 * point to the crypto header)
5127 */
5128u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5129
5130/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005131 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5132 *
5133 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005134 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005135 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5136 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5137 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5138 *
5139 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5140 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5141 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5142 *
5143 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5144 * can be done concurrently.
5145 */
5146void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5147 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5148
5149/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005150 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5151 *
5152 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005153 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005154 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5155 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5156 * @seq: new sequence data
5157 *
5158 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5159 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5160 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5161 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5162 *
5163 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5164 * can be done concurrently.
5165 */
5166void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5167 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5168
5169/**
5170 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5171 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5172 *
5173 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5174 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5175 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5176 *
5177 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5178 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5179 */
5180void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5181
5182/**
5183 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5184 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5185 * @keyconf: new key data
5186 *
5187 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5188 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5189 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5190 *
5191 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5192 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5193 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5194 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5195 *
5196 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5197 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5198 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5199 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5200 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5201 * of the reconfiguration.
5202 *
5203 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5204 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5205 *
5206 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5207 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5208 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5209 * the key that's being replaced.
5210 */
5211struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5212ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5213 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5214
5215/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005216 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5217 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5218 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5219 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5220 * @gfp: allocation flags
5221 */
5222void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5223 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5224
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005225/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005226 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5227 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5228 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5229 *
5230 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5231 */
5232void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5233
5234/**
5235 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5236 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5237 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5238 *
5239 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5240 */
5241void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5242
5243/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005244 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5245 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5246 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5247 *
5248 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005249 *
5250 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005251 */
5252
5253int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5254
5255/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005256 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5257 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5258 *
5259 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5260 */
5261void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5262
5263/**
5264 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5265 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5266 *
5267 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5268 */
5269void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5270
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005271/**
5272 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5273 *
5274 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5275 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005276 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5277 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005278 *
5279 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005280 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005281 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005282void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5283 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005284
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005285/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005286 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5287 *
5288 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5289 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5290 *
5291 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5292 */
5293void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5294
5295/**
5296 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5297 *
5298 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5299 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5300 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5301 * while associating, for instance.
5302 *
5303 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5304 */
5305void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5306
5307/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005308 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5309 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5310 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5311 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5312 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5313 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5314 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5315 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005316 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005317 */
5318enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5319 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5320 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005321 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005322};
5323
5324/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005325 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5326 *
5327 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5328 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5329 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5330 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5331 *
5332 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5333 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5334 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5335 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5336 */
5337void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5338 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5339 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5340 void *data);
5341
5342/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005343 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005344 *
5345 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5346 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005347 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5348 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5349 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005350 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005351 *
5352 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005353 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005354 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005355 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5356 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005357static inline void
5358ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5359 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5360 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5361 void *data)
5362{
5363 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5364 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5365 iterator, data);
5366}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005367
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005368/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005369 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5370 *
5371 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5372 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5373 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5374 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005375 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005376 *
5377 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005378 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005379 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5380 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5381 */
5382void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005383 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005384 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5385 u8 *mac,
5386 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5387 void *data);
5388
5389/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005390 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5391 *
5392 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5393 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5394 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5395 *
5396 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5397 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5398 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5399 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5400 */
5401void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5402 u32 iter_flags,
5403 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5404 u8 *mac,
5405 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5406 void *data);
5407
5408/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005409 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5410 *
5411 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5412 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5413 * function for them.
5414 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5415 *
5416 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5417 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5418 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5419 */
5420void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5421 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5422 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5423 void *data);
5424/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005425 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5426 *
5427 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5428 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5429 *
5430 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5431 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5432 */
5433void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5434
5435/**
5436 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5437 *
5438 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5439 * workqueue.
5440 *
5441 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5442 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5443 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5444 */
5445void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5446 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5447 unsigned long delay);
5448
5449/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005450 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005451 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005452 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305453 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005454 *
5455 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005456 *
5457 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5458 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5459 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5460 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305461int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5462 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005463
5464/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005465 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005466 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005467 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5468 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5469 *
5470 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005471 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5472 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005473 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005474void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005475 u16 tid);
5476
5477/**
5478 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005479 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005480 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005481 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005482 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005483 *
5484 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5485 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5486 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5487 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005488int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005489
5490/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005491 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005492 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005493 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5494 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5495 *
5496 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005497 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5498 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005499 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005500void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005501 u16 tid);
5502
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005503/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005504 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5505 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005506 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005507 * @addr: station's address
5508 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005509 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5510 *
5511 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005512 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5513 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005514struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005515 const u8 *addr);
5516
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005517/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005518 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005519 *
5520 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005521 * @addr: remote station's address
5522 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005523 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005524 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5525 *
5526 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005527 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5528 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005529 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5530 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5531 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5532 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5533 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5534 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5535 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005536 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005537 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005538 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005539struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5540 const u8 *addr,
5541 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005542
5543/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005544 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5545 * @hw: the hardware
5546 * @pubsta: the station
5547 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5548 *
5549 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5550 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5551 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5552 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5553 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5554 *
5555 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5556 * manner.
5557 *
5558 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5559 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5560 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5561 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5562 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5563 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5564 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5565 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5566 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5567 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5568 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5569 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5570 * woke up while blocked or not.
5571 */
5572void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5573 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5574
5575/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005576 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5577 * @pubsta: the station
5578 *
5579 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5580 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5581 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5582 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5583 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005584 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5585 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5586 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5587 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5588 *
5589 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5590 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5591 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5592 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005593 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005594void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005595
5596/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005597 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5598 * @pubsta: the station
5599 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5600 *
5601 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5602 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5603 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5604 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5605 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5606 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5607 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5608 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5609 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5610 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5611 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5612 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5613 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5614 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5615 */
5616void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5617
5618/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005619 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5620 *
5621 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5622 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5623 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5624 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5625 *
5626 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5627 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5628 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5629 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5630 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5631 * attempts.
5632 *
5633 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5634 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5635 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5636 * them to 0.
5637 *
5638 * @pubsta: the station
5639 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5640 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5641 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5642 */
5643void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5644 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5645
5646/**
Kan Yan3ace10f2019-11-18 22:06:09 -08005647 * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
5648 *
5649 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5650 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5651 *
5652 * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
5653 * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false.
5654 */
5655bool
5656ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
5657
5658/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005659 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5660 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5661 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5662 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5663 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5664 *
5665 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5666 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5667 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5668 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5669 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5670 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005671 *
5672 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5673 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5674 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005675 */
5676void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5677 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5678 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5679 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5680 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5681 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5682 void *data),
5683 void *iter_data);
5684
5685/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005686 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5687 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5688 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5689 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5690 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5691 *
5692 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5693 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5694 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5695 * in removal process will be skipped.
5696 *
5697 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5698 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5699 */
5700void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5701 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5702 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5703 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5704 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5705 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5706 void *data),
5707 void *iter_data);
5708
5709/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005710 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13005711 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005712 * @iter: iterator function
5713 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5714 *
5715 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5716 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5717 * places while calling into the driver.
5718 *
5719 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5720 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5721 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005722 *
5723 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5724 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5725 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5726 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005727 */
5728void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5729 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5730 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5731 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5732 void *data),
5733 void *iter_data);
5734
5735/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005736 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5737 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5738 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5739 *
5740 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5741 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5742 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5743 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5744 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005745 * %NULL.
5746 *
5747 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005748 */
5749struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5750 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5751
5752/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005753 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5754 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005755 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005756 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005757 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005758 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005759 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5760 */
5761void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005762
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005763/**
5764 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5765 *
5766 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5767 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005768 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005769 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5770 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005771 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5772 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005773 *
5774 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5775 * without connection recovery attempts.
5776 */
5777void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5778
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005779/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005780 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5781 *
5782 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5783 *
5784 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5785 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5786 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5787 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5788 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5789 *
5790 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5791 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5792 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5793 * disconnect normally later.
5794 *
5795 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5796 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5797 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5798 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5799 */
5800void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5801
5802/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005803 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5804 * rssi threshold triggered
5805 *
5806 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5807 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005808 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005809 * @gfp: context flags
5810 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005811 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005812 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5813 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5814 */
5815void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5816 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005817 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005818 gfp_t gfp);
5819
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005820/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005821 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5822 *
5823 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5824 * @gfp: context flags
5825 */
5826void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5827
5828/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005829 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5830 *
5831 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5832 */
5833void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5834
5835/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005836 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5837 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5838 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5839 *
5840 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5841 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5842 */
5843void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5844
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005845/**
5846 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5847 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005848 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005849 *
5850 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5851 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5852 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5853 */
5854void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5855 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5856
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005857/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005858 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5859 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5860 */
5861void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5862
5863/**
5864 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5865 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5866 */
5867void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5868
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005869/**
5870 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5871 *
5872 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5873 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5874 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5875 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5876 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5877 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5878 *
5879 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5880 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5881 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5882 */
5883void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5884 const u8 *addr);
5885
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005886/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005887 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5888 * @pubsta: station struct
5889 * @tid: the session's TID
5890 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5891 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5892 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5893 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5894 *
5895 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5896 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5897 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5898 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5899 */
5900void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5901 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5902 u16 received_mpdus);
5903
5904/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005905 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5906 *
5907 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5908 * buffer.
5909 *
5910 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5911 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5912 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5913 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5914 */
5915void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5916
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005917/**
5918 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5919 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5920 * @addr: station mac address
5921 * @tid: the rx tid
5922 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005923void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005924 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005925
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005926/**
5927 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5928 *
5929 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5930 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5931 * reordering.
5932 *
5933 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5934 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5935 *
5936 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5937 * @addr: station mac address
5938 * @tid: the rx tid
5939 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005940static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5941 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5942{
5943 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5944 return;
5945 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5946}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005947
5948/**
5949 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5950 *
5951 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5952 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5953 * reordering.
5954 *
5955 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5956 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5957 *
5958 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5959 * @addr: station mac address
5960 * @tid: the rx tid
5961 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005962static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5963 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5964{
5965 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5966 return;
5967 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5968}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005969
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005970/**
5971 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5972 *
5973 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5974 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5975 *
5976 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5977 *
5978 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5979 * @addr: station mac address
5980 * @tid: the rx tid
5981 */
5982void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5983 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5984
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005985/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005986
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005987/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005988 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005989 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005990 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5991 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5992 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005993 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5994 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005995 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5996 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5997 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5998 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5999 * RTS threshold
6000 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
6001 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006002 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006003 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006004 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006005 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006006struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
6007 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
6008 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
6009 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
6010 struct sk_buff *skb;
6011 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
6012 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02006013 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006014 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006015 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006016};
6017
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006018/**
6019 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
6020 */
6021enum rate_control_capabilities {
6022 /**
6023 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
6024 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
6025 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
6026 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
6027 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
6028 */
6029 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
6030};
6031
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006032struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006033 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006034 const char *name;
6035 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006036 void (*free)(void *priv);
6037
6038 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
6039 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006040 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006041 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05306042 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006043 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02006044 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6045 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006046 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
6047 void *priv_sta);
6048
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02006049 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
6050 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6051 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006052 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6053 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6054 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006055 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6056 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006057
6058 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
6059 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02006060
6061 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006062};
6063
6064static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02006065 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006066 int index)
6067{
6068 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
6069}
6070
6071static inline s8
6072rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6073 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6074{
6075 int i;
6076
6077 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6078 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6079 return i;
6080
6081 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006082 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006083
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006084 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006085 return 0;
6086}
6087
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07006088static inline
6089bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6090 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6091{
6092 unsigned int i;
6093
6094 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6095 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6096 return true;
6097 return false;
6098}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006099
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006100/**
6101 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6102 *
6103 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6104 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6105 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6106 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6107 *
6108 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6109 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6110 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6111 */
6112int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6113 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6114 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6115
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006116int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6117void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006118
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006119static inline bool
6120conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6121{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006122 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006123}
6124
6125static inline bool
6126conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6127{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006128 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6129 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006130}
6131
6132static inline bool
6133conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6134{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006135 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6136 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006137}
6138
6139static inline bool
6140conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6141{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006142 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006143}
6144
6145static inline bool
6146conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6147{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006148 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6149 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6150 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006151}
6152
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006153static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6154ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6155{
6156 if (p2p) {
6157 switch (type) {
6158 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6159 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6160 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6161 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6162 default:
6163 break;
6164 }
6165 }
6166 return type;
6167}
6168
6169static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6170ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6171{
6172 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6173}
6174
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006175/**
6176 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6177 *
6178 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6179 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6180 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6181 *
6182 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6183 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6184 * matching GroupId management frame.
6185 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6186 */
6187void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6188 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6189
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006190void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6191 int rssi_min_thold,
6192 int rssi_max_thold);
6193
6194void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006195
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006196/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006197 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006198 *
6199 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6200 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006201 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6202 *
6203 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6204 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006205 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006206int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6207
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006208/**
6209 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6210 * @vif: virtual interface
6211 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6212 * @gfp: allocation flags
6213 *
6214 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6215 */
6216void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6217 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6218 gfp_t gfp);
6219
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006220/**
6221 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6222 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6223 * @vif: virtual interface
6224 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6225 * @band: the band to transmit on
6226 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6227 *
6228 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6229 */
6230bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6231 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6232 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6233
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006234/**
6235 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6236 *
6237 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6238 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6239 *
6240 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6241 *
6242 * private:
6243 *
6244 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6245 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6246 */
6247struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6248 u32 next_tsf;
6249 bool has_next_tsf;
6250
6251 u8 absent;
6252
6253 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6254 struct {
6255 u32 start;
6256 u32 duration;
6257 u32 interval;
6258 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6259};
6260
6261/**
6262 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6263 *
6264 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6265 * @data: NoA tracking data
6266 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6267 *
6268 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6269 */
6270int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6271 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6272
6273/**
6274 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6275 *
6276 * @data: NoA tracking data
6277 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6278 */
6279void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6280
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006281/**
6282 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6283 * @vif: virtual interface
6284 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6285 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6286 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6287 * @gfp: allocation flags
6288 *
6289 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6290 */
6291void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6292 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6293 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006294
6295/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006296 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6297 *
6298 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6299 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6300 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6301 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6302 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6303 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6304 *
6305 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6306 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6307 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6308 *
6309 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6310 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6311 *
6312 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6313 */
6314int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6315
6316/**
6317 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6318 *
6319 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6320 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6321 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6322 *
6323 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6324 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6325 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6326 *
6327 * @sta: the station
6328 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6329 */
6330void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6331
6332/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006333 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6334 *
6335 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006336 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6337 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006338 *
6339 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006340 *
6341 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6342 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6343 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6344 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6345 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6346 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6347 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006348 *
6349 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6350 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006351 */
6352struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6353 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006354
6355/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006356 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6357 * (in process context)
6358 *
6359 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6360 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6361 *
6362 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6363 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6364 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6365 */
6366static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6367 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6368{
6369 struct sk_buff *skb;
6370
6371 local_bh_disable();
6372 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6373 local_bh_enable();
6374
6375 return skb;
6376}
6377
6378/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006379 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6380 *
6381 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6382 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6383 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006384 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6385 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6386 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6387 */
6388struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6389
6390/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006391 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006392 *
6393 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6394 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6395 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006396 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6397 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006398 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006399void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006400
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006401/* (deprecated) */
6402static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6403{
6404}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006405
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006406void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6407 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6408
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006409/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006410 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6411 *
6412 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6413 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6414 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006415 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6416 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6417 *
6418 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6419 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006420 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006421static inline void
6422ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6423{
6424 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6425}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006426
6427/**
6428 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6429 *
6430 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6431 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006432 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6433 *
6434 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6435 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006436 */
6437static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006438ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6439 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006440{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006441 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006442}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006443
6444/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006445 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6446 *
6447 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6448 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6449 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6450 * next_txq().
6451 *
6452 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6453 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6454 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6455 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6456 * again.
6457 *
6458 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13006459 * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006460 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6461 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6462 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6463 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6464 *
6465 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6466 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6467 */
6468bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6469 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6470
6471/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006472 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6473 *
6474 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6475 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6476 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6477 *
6478 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6479 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6480 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6481 */
6482void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6483 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6484 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006485
6486/**
6487 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6488 *
6489 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6490 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6491 *
6492 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6493 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6494 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6495 * @gfp: allocation flags
6496 */
6497void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6498 u8 inst_id,
6499 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6500 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006501
6502/**
6503 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6504 *
6505 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6506 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6507 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6508 *
6509 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6510 * @match: match event information
6511 * @gfp: allocation flags
6512 */
6513void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6514 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6515 gfp_t gfp);
6516
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006517/**
6518 * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
6519 *
6520 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6521 * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
6522 *
6523 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6524 * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
6525 * information.
6526 * @len: frame length in bytes
6527 */
6528u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6529 struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
6530 int len);
6531
6532/**
6533 * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
6534 *
6535 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6536 * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
6537 *
6538 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6539 * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
6540 * @len: frame length in bytes
6541 */
6542u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6543 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
6544 int len);
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01006545/**
6546 * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading.
6547 *
6548 * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3
6549 * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the
6550 * hardware or firmware.
6551 *
6552 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6553 * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off
6554 */
6555bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006556
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006557#endif /* MAC80211_H */